|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
|
16 * NOTE: Comment mentionning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
17 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
|
18 */
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 /*
|
|
|
21 * WARNING: Vim must be able to compile without Carbon
|
|
|
22 * As the desired minimum requirement are circa System 7
|
|
|
23 * (I want to run it on my Mac Classic) (Dany)
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
30 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
31 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
32 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
33 *
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 /* TODO: find the best place for this (Dany) */
|
|
|
37 #if 0
|
|
|
38 # if ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
39 /* Enable the new API functions even when not compiling for Carbon */
|
|
|
40 /* Apple recomends Universal Interface 3.3.2 or later */
|
|
|
41 # define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
|
|
|
42 # define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
|
|
|
43 /* Help Menu not supported by Carbon */
|
|
|
44 # define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
45 # endif
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
49 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51 /* Enable Contextual Menu Support */
|
|
|
52 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0320
|
|
|
53 # define USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
54 #endif
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /* Put Vim Help in MacOS Help */
|
|
|
57 #define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
60 #define USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
63 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
64 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
65 #endif
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 /* The VIM creator is CodeWarior specific */
|
|
|
68 #if !(defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__))
|
|
|
69 # define USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
70 #else
|
|
|
71 # if 0 /* Was this usefull for some compiler? (Dany) */
|
|
|
72 static OSType _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
73 static OSType _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
74 # endif
|
|
|
75 #endif
|
|
|
76
|
|
9
|
77 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
78 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
79
|
|
7
|
80 /* CARBON version only tested with Project Builder under MacOS X */
|
|
|
81 #undef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
82 #if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
83 # if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
84 # define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 #endif
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 #undef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
89 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
90 # define USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
91 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
92 #endif
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
|
95 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /* Debugging feature: use CodeWarior SIOUX */
|
|
|
98 #undef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
102 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
103 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
104 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
105 #include <StandardFile.h>
|
|
|
106 #include <Traps.h>
|
|
|
107 #endif
|
|
|
108 #include <Balloons.h>
|
|
|
109 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
110 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
111 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
112 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
113 #endif
|
|
|
114 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
115 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
116 #endif
|
|
|
117 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
118 # include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
119 # include <sioux.h>
|
|
|
120 # include <console.h>
|
|
|
121 #endif
|
|
|
122 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
123 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
124 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
125 #endif
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON && 0
|
|
|
128 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
|
129 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
130 #endif
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /*
|
|
|
133 * Translate new name to old ones
|
|
|
134 * New function only available in MacOS 8.5,
|
|
|
135 * So use old one to be compatible back to System 7
|
|
|
136 */
|
|
|
137 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
138 # undef EnableMenuItem
|
|
|
139 # define EnableMenuItem EnableItem
|
|
|
140 # undef DisableMenuItem
|
|
|
141 # define DisableMenuItem DisableItem
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
144 /* Carbon does not support the Get/SetControll functions,
|
|
|
145 * use Get/SetControl32Bit instead and rename for non-carbon
|
|
|
146 * systems.
|
|
|
147 */
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
150 # undef SetControl32BitMaximum
|
|
|
151 # define SetControl32BitMaximum SetControlMaximum
|
|
|
152 # undef SetControl32BitMinimum
|
|
|
153 # define SetControl32BitMinimum SetControlMinimum
|
|
|
154 # undef SetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
155 # define SetControl32BitValue SetControlValue
|
|
|
156 # undef GetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
157 # define GetControl32BitValue GetControlValue
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 /*
|
|
|
161 * ???
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
165 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
166 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
167 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 /*
|
|
|
170 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
171 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
174 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
177 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
178 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 /* ??? */
|
|
|
181 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
182 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
183 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
184 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
185 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
188 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
189 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
190 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
191 */
|
|
|
192 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
195 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
196 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
200 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
201 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
204 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
205
|
|
13
|
206 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
207 static struct
|
|
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
210 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
211 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
212 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
213 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215
|
|
7
|
216 /*
|
|
|
217 * The Quickdraw global is predefined in CodeWarior
|
|
|
218 * but is not in Apple MPW
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 #if (defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__))
|
|
|
221 # if !(defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
222 QDGlobals qd;
|
|
|
223 # endif
|
|
|
224 #endif
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
227 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
228 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
229 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
230 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
237 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
238 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
239 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
240 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
241 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
242 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
243 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
244 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
245 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
246 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
247 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
248 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
249 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
250 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
253 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
256 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
257 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
258 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
259 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
262 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
263 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
264 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
265 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
266 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
269 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
270 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
271 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
274 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
275 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
276 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
277 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
278 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
279 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
280 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
281 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
285 static struct
|
|
|
286 {
|
|
|
287 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
288 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
289 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
290 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
291 {
|
|
|
292 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
293 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
294 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
295 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
298 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
299 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
300 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
301 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
302 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
303 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
304 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
305 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
306 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
309 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
310 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
311 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
312 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
315 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
316 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
317 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
318 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
319 #endif
|
|
|
320 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
321 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
322 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
323 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
324 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
325 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
326 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
328 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
329 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
332 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
333 };
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
337 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
338 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
339 */
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
342 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
343 #endif
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
347 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
348 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
349 */
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
351 /*
|
|
|
352 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
353 *
|
|
|
354 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
355 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
356 *
|
|
|
357 */
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 char_u *C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
362 int len;
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
365 return NULL;
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
370 len = 255;
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
373 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
|
375 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
376 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 return PascalString;
|
|
|
380 }
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 /*
|
|
|
383 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
384 *
|
|
|
385 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
386 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
387 *
|
|
|
388 */
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 char_u *C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
391 {
|
|
|
392 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
393 int len;
|
|
|
394 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
399 len = 255;
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
402 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
405 {
|
|
|
406 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
407 {
|
|
|
408 c++;
|
|
|
409 }
|
|
|
410 *p = *c;
|
|
|
411 p++;
|
|
|
412 len++;
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
415 }
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 return PascalString;
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 /*
|
|
|
421 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
422 */
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 int_u
|
|
|
425 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
426 {
|
|
|
427 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
430 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
431 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
432 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
433 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
434 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
435 #if 0
|
|
|
436 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
437 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
438 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
441 }
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 /*
|
|
|
444 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
447 static int_u
|
|
|
448 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
|
450 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
453 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
454 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
455 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
456 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
457 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
458 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
459 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
460 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
461 #endif
|
|
|
462 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
463 }
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
466 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
467 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
468 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
469 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
470 *
|
|
|
471 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
472 */
|
|
|
473 static int
|
|
|
474 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
475 {
|
|
|
476 int pixels;
|
|
|
477 int points = 0;
|
|
|
478 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 while (*str)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
483 {
|
|
|
484 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
485 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
486 continue;
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
490 break;
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 points *= 10;
|
|
|
493 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
494 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 ++str;
|
|
|
497 }
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
500 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
503 *end = str;
|
|
|
504 return pixels;
|
|
|
505 }
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
507 /*
|
|
|
508 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
509 * character strings.
|
|
|
510 */
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 char_u **new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
515 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
516 long fileCount;
|
|
|
517 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
518 long actualSize;
|
|
|
519 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
520 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
523 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
524 if (*error)
|
|
|
525 {
|
|
|
526 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
527 printf("fname_from_AEDesc: AECountItems error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
528 #endif
|
|
|
529 return(fnames);
|
|
|
530 }
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
533 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
536 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
537 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
540 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
543 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
544 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
545 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
546 if (newError)
|
|
|
547 {
|
|
|
548 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
549 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
550 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
551 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetNthPtr error: %d\n", newError);
|
|
7
|
552 #endif
|
|
|
553 return(fnames);
|
|
|
554 }
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
557 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
558 }
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 return (fnames);
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 /*
|
|
|
564 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
565 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
566 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
567 */
|
|
|
568 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
572 *
|
|
|
573 * Description
|
|
|
574 * -----------
|
|
|
575 *
|
|
|
576 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
577 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
578 *
|
|
|
579 * Event Reply
|
|
|
580 * -----------
|
|
|
581 *
|
|
|
582 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
583 *
|
|
|
584 * Remarks
|
|
|
585 * -------
|
|
|
586 *
|
|
|
587 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
588 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
589 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
590 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
591 *
|
|
|
592 */
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
595 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
598 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
601 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
602 };
|
|
|
603 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
604 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606
|
|
9
|
607 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
608 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
611 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
612 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
613 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
614 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
615 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
618 if (error)
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
621 printf("KAHL_SRCH: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
622 #endif
|
|
|
623 return(error);
|
|
|
624 }
|
|
|
625
|
|
9
|
626 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
627 if (error)
|
|
|
628 {
|
|
|
629 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
630 printf("KAHL_SRCH: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632 return(error);
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
636 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
637 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
638 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
639 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
642 break;
|
|
|
643 }
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
646 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
647 else
|
|
|
648 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
651 printf("KAHL_SRCH: file \"%#s\" {%d}", SearchData.theFile.name,SearchData.theFile.parID);
|
|
7
|
652 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
653 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
654 printf(" found. [date %lx, %lx]\n", *SearchData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 return error;
|
|
|
658 };
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 /*
|
|
|
661 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
662 *
|
|
|
663 * Description
|
|
|
664 * -----------
|
|
|
665 *
|
|
|
666 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
667 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
668 *
|
|
|
669 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
670 * ----------
|
|
|
671 *
|
|
|
672 * Event Reply
|
|
|
673 * -----------
|
|
|
674 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
675 *
|
|
|
676 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
677 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
678 *
|
|
|
679 * Remarks
|
|
|
680 * -------
|
|
|
681 *
|
|
|
682 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
683 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
684 *
|
|
|
685 */
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
688 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
689 #endif
|
|
|
690 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
691 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
694 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
695 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
696 };
|
|
|
697 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
698 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
9
|
701 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
702 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
705 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
706 long numFiles;
|
|
|
707 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
708 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
711
|
|
9
|
712 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
713 if (error)
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
716 printf("KAHL_MOD: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
717 #endif
|
|
|
718 return(error);
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
722 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
723 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
726 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
727 if (error)
|
|
|
728 {
|
|
|
729 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
730 printf("KAHL_MOD: AECreateList error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732 return(error);
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
735 #if 0
|
|
|
736 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
737 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
738 printf("KAHL_MOD ReplyList: %x %x\n", replyList.descriptorType, replyList.dataHandle);
|
|
|
739 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
|
740 #endif
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
743 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
744 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
745 */
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
750 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
751 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
752 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
753 {
|
|
|
754 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
755 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
756 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
757 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
758 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
759 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
760 if (numFiles == 0)
|
|
9
|
761 printf("KAHL_MOD: ");
|
|
7
|
762 else
|
|
9
|
763 printf(", ");
|
|
|
764 printf("\"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", theFile.theFile.name, theFile.theFile.parID, theFile.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
765 if (error)
|
|
9
|
766 printf(" (%d)", error);
|
|
7
|
767 numFiles++;
|
|
|
768 #endif
|
|
|
769 };
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
772 printf("\n");
|
|
7
|
773 #endif
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 #if 0
|
|
|
776 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
777 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
778 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
7
|
779 #endif
|
|
|
780 #endif
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
783 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
784
|
|
|
785 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
786 if (error)
|
|
9
|
787 printf("KAHL_MOD: AEPutParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
788 #endif
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
791 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 return error;
|
|
|
794 };
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
796 /*
|
|
|
797 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
798 *
|
|
|
799 * Description
|
|
|
800 * -----------
|
|
|
801 *
|
|
|
802 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
803 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
804 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
805 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
806 *
|
|
|
807 * Event Reply
|
|
|
808 * -----------
|
|
|
809 *
|
|
|
810 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
811 *
|
|
|
812 * Remarks
|
|
|
813 * -------
|
|
|
814 *
|
|
|
815 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
816 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
817 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
818 * theText.
|
|
|
819 *
|
|
|
820 */
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
823 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
826 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
829 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
830 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
831 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
832 };
|
|
|
833 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
834 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
835 #endif
|
|
|
836
|
|
9
|
837 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
838 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
841 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
842 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
843 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
844 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
845 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
846 char_u *line;
|
|
|
847 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
848 long linesize;
|
|
|
849 long lineStart;
|
|
|
850 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
851 long lineno;
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 if (error)
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
858 printf("KAHL_GTTX: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
859 #endif
|
|
|
860 return(error);
|
|
|
861 }
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
864 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
865 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
866 {
|
|
|
867 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
868 break;
|
|
|
869 }
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
871 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
9
|
873 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
874 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
875 {
|
|
|
876 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
877 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
878 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
879 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
880 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
881 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
882 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
883 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
884 {
|
|
|
885 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
886 printf("KAHL_GTTX: SetHandleSize increase: %d, size %d\n",
|
|
7
|
887 linesize, BufferSize);
|
|
|
888 #endif
|
|
|
889 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
890 }
|
|
|
891 else
|
|
|
892 {
|
|
9
|
893 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
894 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
895 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
896 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
897 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
898 }
|
|
|
899 }
|
|
|
900 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
9
|
902 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
903 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
904 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
905 }
|
|
|
906 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
907 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
908 else
|
|
9
|
909 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
910 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
913 printf("KAHL_GTTX: file \"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", GetTextData.theFile.name, GetTextData.theFile.parID, *GetTextData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
914 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
915 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
916 printf(" found. (BufferSize = %d)\n", BufferSize);
|
|
|
917 #endif
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
920 if (error)
|
|
|
921 {
|
|
|
922 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
923 printf("KAHL_GTTX: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
924 #endif
|
|
|
925 return(error);
|
|
|
926 }
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 return(error);
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 /*
|
|
|
932 *
|
|
|
933 */
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
9
|
936 pascal OSErr FindProcessBySignature(const OSType targetType,
|
|
7
|
937 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
9
|
938 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
941 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
944
|
|
9
|
945 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
946 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
947 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
950 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
951
|
|
9
|
952 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
953 {
|
|
9
|
954 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
955 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
956 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
957 else
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
9
|
959 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
960 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
961 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
962 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
963 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965 }
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 return anErr;
|
|
|
968 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
969
|
|
9
|
970 void
|
|
|
971 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
972 {
|
|
9
|
973 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
974 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
975 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
976 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
977 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
978 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
979 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
980 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
982
|
|
9
|
983 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
7
|
984 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
985 printf("CodeWarrior is");
|
|
7
|
986 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
9
|
987 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
988 printf(" running\n");
|
|
|
989 #endif
|
|
|
990 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
991 {
|
|
9
|
992 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
993 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
996 {
|
|
|
997 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
998 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
999 }
|
|
|
1000
|
|
9
|
1001 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
1004 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
1005 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
1008 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
1011 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
1012 else
|
|
|
1013 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
9
|
1015 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1016 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
1017 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
1018 {
|
|
|
1019 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1020 printf("KAHL_MOD: Send error: %d\n", anErr);
|
|
|
1021 #endif
|
|
|
1022 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
1023 }
|
|
9
|
1024 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
1025 }
|
|
|
1026 }
|
|
|
1027 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /*
|
|
|
1030 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1031 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1032 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1033 */
|
|
|
1034 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 /*
|
|
|
1037 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
1038 */
|
|
|
1039
|
|
9
|
1040 OSErr
|
|
|
1041 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1044 long actualSize;
|
|
|
1045 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
1046 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
1049 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
1050 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
1051 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
1052 &actualSize);
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
1055 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1056 {
|
|
|
1057 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059 else
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 #if 0
|
|
|
1062 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
1063 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
1064 #endif
|
|
|
1065 }
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 return error;
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 /*
|
|
|
1072 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
1073 *
|
|
|
1074 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
1075 *
|
|
|
1076 */
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1079 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
1080 #endif
|
|
|
1081 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1082 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1083 {
|
|
|
1084 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1085 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1086 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1087 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1088 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1089 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1090 };
|
|
|
1091 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1092 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1096 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1097 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1098 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1099 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1100 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1101 */
|
|
|
1102
|
|
9
|
1103 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1104 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1105 {
|
|
|
1106 /*
|
|
|
1107 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1108 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1109 */
|
|
|
1110 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1111 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1112 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1113 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1114 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1115 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1116 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1117 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1118 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1119 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1120 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1121 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1122 long lnum;
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1125 printf("aevt_odoc:\n");
|
|
7
|
1126 #endif
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1129 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1130 if (error)
|
|
|
1131 {
|
|
|
1132 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1133 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1134 #endif
|
|
|
1135 return(error);
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1140 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1141 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1142 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1143 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1144 if (error)
|
|
|
1145 {
|
|
|
1146 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1147 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1148 #endif
|
|
|
1149 return(error);
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1153 printf("aevt_odoc: lineNum: %d, startRange %d, endRange %d, [date %lx]\n",
|
|
7
|
1154 thePosition.lineNum, thePosition.startRange, thePosition.endRange,
|
|
|
1155 thePosition.theDate);
|
|
|
1156 #endif
|
|
|
1157 /*
|
|
|
1158 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1161 {
|
|
|
1162 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1163 {
|
|
|
1164 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1165 }
|
|
|
1166 else
|
|
|
1167 {
|
|
|
1168 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1169 }
|
|
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1175 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1176 #endif
|
|
|
1177
|
|
|
1178 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1179
|
|
|
1180 if (error)
|
|
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1183 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1184 return (error);
|
|
|
1185 }
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1188 {
|
|
|
1189 int i;
|
|
|
1190 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1193 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1194 {
|
|
|
1195 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1196 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1197 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1198 else
|
|
|
1199 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1200 }
|
|
|
1201 goto finished;
|
|
|
1202 }
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1205 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1208 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1209 {
|
|
|
1210 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1211 {
|
|
|
1212 lnum = thePosition.lineNum;
|
|
|
1213 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1214 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1215 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1216 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1217 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1218 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1219 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1220 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1221 }
|
|
|
1222 else
|
|
|
1223 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1224 }
|
|
|
1225
|
|
|
1226 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1227 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
1228 setcursor();
|
|
|
1229 out_flush();
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231 finished:
|
|
|
1232 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1233
|
|
9
|
1234 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1235 if (error)
|
|
|
1236 {
|
|
|
1237 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1238 printf("aevt_odoc: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
1239 #endif
|
|
|
1240 return(error);
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242 return(error);
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 /*
|
|
|
1246 *
|
|
|
1247 */
|
|
|
1248
|
|
9
|
1249 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1250 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1255 printf("aevt_oapp:\n");
|
|
|
1256 #endif
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1259 if (error)
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 return(error);
|
|
|
1262 }
|
|
|
1263
|
|
|
1264 return(error);
|
|
|
1265 }
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 /*
|
|
|
1268 *
|
|
|
1269 */
|
|
|
1270
|
|
9
|
1271 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1272 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1273 {
|
|
|
1274 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1277 printf("aevt_quit\n");
|
|
|
1278 #endif
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1281 if (error)
|
|
|
1282 {
|
|
|
1283 return(error);
|
|
|
1284 }
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1287 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 return(error);
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 /*
|
|
|
1293 *
|
|
|
1294 */
|
|
|
1295
|
|
9
|
1296 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1297 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1298 {
|
|
|
1299 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1302 printf("aevt_pdoc:\n");
|
|
|
1303 #endif
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1306 if (error)
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 return(error);
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 return(error);
|
|
|
1312 }
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 /*
|
|
|
1315 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1316 *
|
|
|
1317 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1318 */
|
|
9
|
1319 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1320 Handle_unknown_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1323
|
|
|
1324 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1325 printf("Unknown Event: %x\n", theAEvent->descriptorType);
|
|
|
1326 #endif
|
|
|
1327
|
|
|
1328 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1329 if (error)
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 return(error);
|
|
|
1332 }
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 return(error);
|
|
|
1335 }
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
1340 # define NewAEEventHandlerProc(x) NewAEEventHandlerUPP(x)
|
|
|
1341 #endif
|
|
|
1342
|
|
|
1343 /*
|
|
|
1344 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1345 */
|
|
9
|
1346 OSErr
|
|
|
1347 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1352 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
|
1353 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1354 if (error)
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 return error;
|
|
|
1357 }
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1360 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
|
1361 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1362 if (error)
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 return error;
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1368 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
|
1369 NewAEEventHandlerProc(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1370 if (error)
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 return error;
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1376 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
|
1377 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1378
|
|
|
1379 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1380 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
|
1381 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1382
|
|
|
1383 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
|
1384 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
|
1387 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1388
|
|
|
1389 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
|
1390 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
|
1393 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
|
1396 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1397
|
|
|
1398 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
|
1399 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
|
1402 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
|
1405 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1406
|
|
|
1407 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
|
1408 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1409
|
|
|
1410 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
|
1411 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
|
1414 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
|
1417 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1418 */
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1421 /*
|
|
|
1422 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1423 */
|
|
|
1424 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
|
1425 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1426 if (error)
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 return error;
|
|
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
|
1431 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1432 if (error)
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 return error;
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
|
1437 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1438 if (error)
|
|
|
1439 {
|
|
|
1440 return error;
|
|
|
1441 }
|
|
|
1442 #endif
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 return error;
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1448
|
|
13
|
1449
|
|
|
1450 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
1451 /*
|
|
|
1452 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1453 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1454 */
|
|
|
1455 static OSStatus
|
|
|
1456 FontPanelHandler(EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1457 void *inUserData)
|
|
|
1458 {
|
|
|
1459 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1460 {
|
|
|
1461 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1462 return noErr;
|
|
|
1463 }
|
|
|
1464
|
|
|
1465 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1468 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1469 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1470 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1473 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1474 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1475 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1476 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1477 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1478 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1479
|
|
|
1480 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1481 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1482 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1483 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1484 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1487 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1488 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1489 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1490 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1491 }
|
|
|
1492 return noErr;
|
|
|
1493 }
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 static void
|
|
|
1497 InstallFontPanelHandler()
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1500 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1501 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1504 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1505 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1506 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1507
|
|
|
1508 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1509
|
|
|
1510 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1511 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1512 }
|
|
|
1513
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 /*
|
|
|
1516 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1517 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1518 */
|
|
|
1519 static void
|
|
|
1520 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u* outName)
|
|
|
1521 {
|
|
|
1522 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1523 Boolean isBold = false, isItalic = false;
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1526 return;
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 (void)FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf);
|
|
|
1529 p2cstrcpy(outName, buf);
|
|
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 #if 0 /* TODO: enable when styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
1532 isBold = (gFontPanelInfo.style & bold);
|
|
|
1533 isItalic = (gFontPanelInfo.style & italic);
|
|
|
1534 #endif
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 sprintf(&outName[buf[0]], ":h%d%s%s", gFontPanelInfo.size,
|
|
|
1537 (isBold ? ":b" : ""), (isItalic ? ":i" : ""));
|
|
|
1538 }
|
|
|
1539 #endif
|
|
|
1540
|
|
|
1541
|
|
7
|
1542 /*
|
|
|
1543 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1544 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1545 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1546 */
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 /*
|
|
|
1549 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1550 *
|
|
|
1551 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1552 */
|
|
|
1553 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
9
|
1554 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1555 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 short index;
|
|
|
1558 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1559 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1562 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1563 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1564 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1565 *
|
|
|
1566 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1567 */
|
|
|
1568 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1571 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1572 index = 1;
|
|
|
1573 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1574 {
|
|
|
1575 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1576 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1577 index++;
|
|
|
1578 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1579 }
|
|
|
1580 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1581 /* Adjust index in help menu (for predefined ones) */
|
|
|
1582 if (itemIndex != -1)
|
|
|
1583 if (pMenu->parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1584 itemIndex += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1585 #endif
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
9
|
1591 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menuID, itemIndex, pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1592 short menuID;
|
|
|
1593 short itemIndex;
|
|
|
1594 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 short index;
|
|
|
1597 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1598 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1602 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1603 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1604 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1605 *
|
|
|
1606 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608
|
|
|
1609 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1610 {
|
|
|
1611 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1612 if (menuID == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1613 itemIndex -= gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1614 #endif
|
|
|
1615
|
|
|
1616 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1617 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1618 }
|
|
|
1619 else
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1622 {
|
|
|
1623 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1624 {
|
|
|
1625 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1626 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1627 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1630 break;
|
|
|
1631 }
|
|
|
1632 }
|
|
|
1633 }
|
|
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /*
|
|
|
1639 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1640 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1641 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1642 */
|
|
|
1643 pascal
|
|
|
1644 void
|
|
9
|
1645 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1646 {
|
|
|
1647 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1648 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1649 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1650 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
9
|
1654 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1657 return;
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1660 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1661 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1664 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1665 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1666 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1667 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1668 }
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 pascal
|
|
|
1671 void
|
|
9
|
1672 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1673 {
|
|
|
1674 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1675 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1676 long data;
|
|
|
1677 long value;
|
|
|
1678 int page;
|
|
|
1679 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1680 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1681
|
|
9
|
1682 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1685 return;
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1688 {
|
|
|
1689 /*
|
|
|
1690 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1691 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1692 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1697 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1698 else
|
|
|
1699 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1702 {
|
|
|
1703 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1704 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1705 }
|
|
|
1706
|
|
|
1707 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1708 {
|
|
|
1709 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1710 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1711 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1712 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1713 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1714 }
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1717 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1718 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1719 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1720 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1721
|
|
|
1722 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1723 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1724 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1725 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1726 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 out_flush();
|
|
|
1729 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1730
|
|
|
1731 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1734 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1737 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1738 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1739
|
|
|
1740 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1741 {
|
|
|
1742 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1743 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1744 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1745 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747 }*/
|
|
|
1748 }
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 /*
|
|
|
1751 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1752 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1753 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1754 */
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 /*
|
|
|
1758 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1759 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1760 *
|
|
|
1761 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1762 */
|
|
|
1763 void
|
|
9
|
1764 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1765 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1766 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1767 {
|
|
|
1768 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1769 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1770 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1771 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1772 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1773 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1776 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1777 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1782 {
|
|
|
1783 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1786 {
|
|
|
1787 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1788 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1789 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1790 }
|
|
|
1791 else
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1794 #if 1
|
|
|
1795 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1796 #else
|
|
|
1797 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1798 #endif
|
|
|
1799 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1800 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1801 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1802 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1803 }
|
|
|
1804 }
|
|
|
1805 else
|
|
|
1806 {
|
|
|
1807 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1810 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1811
|
|
|
1812 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1813 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1816 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
|
1817 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1820 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1823 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1824 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1825 }
|
|
|
1826 #endif
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1829 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 /* Send the mouse clicj to Vim */
|
|
|
1832 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1833 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1834
|
|
|
1835 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1836 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1837 */
|
|
|
1838 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1839 #if 0
|
|
|
1840 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1841 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1842 */
|
|
|
1843 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1844 #endif
|
|
|
1845 #endif
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
9
|
1847 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1848 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1849 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1850 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1853 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855 }
|
|
|
1856 }
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 /*
|
|
|
1859 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1860 */
|
|
|
1861 void
|
|
9
|
1862 gui_mac_doInDragClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1863 Point where;
|
|
|
1864 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1865 {
|
|
|
1866 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1867 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
|
1870 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1871 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
7
|
1872 #else
|
|
|
1873 movingLimitsPtr = &(*GetGrayRgn())->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1874 #endif
|
|
9
|
1875 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1876 }
|
|
|
1877
|
|
|
1878 /*
|
|
|
1879 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1880 */
|
|
|
1881 void
|
|
|
1882 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1883 Point where;
|
|
|
1884 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1885 {
|
|
|
1886
|
|
|
1887 long newSize;
|
|
|
1888 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1889 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1890 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1891 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1892 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1893 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1894
|
|
9
|
1895 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1896 #else
|
|
|
1897 resizeLimits = qd.screenBits.bounds;
|
|
|
1898 #endif
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
1901 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1902 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1903 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1906 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1907 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1908 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1909 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1910 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1911 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1912 #else
|
|
|
1913 newSize = GrowWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits);
|
|
|
1914 if (newSize != 0)
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 newWidth = newSize & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1917 newHeight = (newSize >> 16) & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1922
|
|
|
1923 /*
|
|
|
1924 * We need to call gui_set_shellsize as the size
|
|
|
1925 * used by Vim may be smaller than the size selected
|
|
|
1926 * by the user. This cause some overhead
|
|
|
1927 * TODO: add a check inside gui_resize_shell?
|
|
|
1928 */
|
|
|
1929 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /*
|
|
|
1932 * Origin of the code below is unknown.
|
|
|
1933 * Functionality is unknown.
|
|
|
1934 * Time of commented out is unknown.
|
|
|
1935 */
|
|
|
1936 /* SetPort(wp);
|
|
|
1937 InvalRect(&wp->portRect);
|
|
|
1938 if (isUserWindow(wp)) {
|
|
|
1939 DrawingWindowPeek aWindow = (DrawingWindowPeek)wp;
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 if (aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc)
|
|
|
1942 CallToolWindowResizedProc(aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc, wp);
|
|
|
1943 }*/
|
|
|
1944 };
|
|
|
1945 #endif
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /*
|
|
|
1950 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1951 */
|
|
|
1952 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1953 static void
|
|
|
1954 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1955 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1956 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1957 {
|
|
|
1958 Rect r;
|
|
|
1959 Point p;
|
|
|
1960 short thePart;
|
|
|
1961
|
|
|
1962 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1963 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1964 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1965 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1966 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1967 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1968 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1969 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1972 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1975 return;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1978 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1979 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1980 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1981 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1982 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1983 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1984 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1985 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1986 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1991 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1992 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1993 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1994 }
|
|
|
1995 #endif /* defined(USE_CARBONIZED) */
|
|
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 /*
|
|
|
1998 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1999 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
2000 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2001 */
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /*
|
|
|
2004 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
2005 */
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 void
|
|
|
2008 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2009 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2010 {
|
|
|
2011 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2012 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
2013 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
2014 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2015 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
2016 #endif
|
|
|
2017 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
2018 Rect rc;
|
|
|
2019 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
2020 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022
|
|
|
2023 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2024 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2025 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
2026 return;
|
|
|
2027 #endif
|
|
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
2030 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
2031 */
|
|
|
2032 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
2035 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
|
2038 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2039 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2040 #else
|
|
9
|
2041 SetPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2042 #endif
|
|
|
2043
|
|
|
2044 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
2045 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2046 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
2047 * to be updated.
|
|
|
2048 */
|
|
|
2049 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2050 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
2051 # if 0
|
|
|
2052 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
2053 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
2054 */
|
|
|
2055 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
2056 # endif
|
|
|
2057 #else
|
|
|
2058 updateRgn = whichWindow->visRgn;
|
|
|
2059 #endif
|
|
|
2060 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
2061 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2062 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2063 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
2064 # if 0
|
|
|
2065 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
2066 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
2067 */
|
|
|
2068 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
2069 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
2070 # endif
|
|
|
2071 #else
|
|
|
2072 updateRectPtr = &(*updateRgn)->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
2073 #endif
|
|
|
2074 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
2075 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
2076 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
2077 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
2078 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
2079 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2080 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
2081 {
|
|
9
|
2082 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
2083 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2084 }
|
|
|
2085 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
2086 {
|
|
9
|
2087 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
2088 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
2091 {
|
|
9
|
2092 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
2093 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
2094 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2095 }
|
|
|
2096 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
2097 {
|
|
9
|
2098 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
2099 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
2100 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2101 }
|
|
9
|
2102 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2103 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2104 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2105 #endif
|
|
|
2106
|
|
|
2107 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
2108 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
2111 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
2112 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2113 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2114 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
|
2115 #else
|
|
|
2116 growRect = whichWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
2117 growRect.top = growRect.bottom - 15;
|
|
|
2118 growRect.left = growRect.right - 15;
|
|
|
2119 #endif
|
|
9
|
2120 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2121 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
2122 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
2123 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2124 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2125 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
2128 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
2129 }
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 /*
|
|
|
2132 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
2133 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
2134 */
|
|
|
2135 void
|
|
|
2136 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2137 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2138 {
|
|
|
2139 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2142 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
2143 /* Activate */
|
|
|
2144 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2145 else
|
|
|
2146 {
|
|
|
2147 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
2148 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2149 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
2150 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
2151 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
2152 */
|
|
|
2153
|
|
|
2154 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
2155 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
2156 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
2157 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
2158 #endif
|
|
|
2159 }
|
|
|
2160 }
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162
|
|
|
2163 /*
|
|
|
2164 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
2165 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 void
|
|
|
2168 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event)
|
|
|
2169 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2170 {
|
|
|
2171 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2174 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2175 */
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
2178 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
2179 */
|
|
|
2180 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2181 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2182 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2183 else
|
|
|
2184 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2185 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2186 }
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2190 */
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 void
|
|
|
2193 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2196 long menu;
|
|
|
2197 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2198 short num, i;
|
|
|
2199 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2200 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2201 int key_char;
|
|
|
2202 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2203 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2204
|
|
|
2205 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2206 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2207 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2210 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2211 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2212 num = 1;
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2215 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2216 {
|
|
7
|
2217 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2218 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2219 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2220 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2221 {
|
|
|
2222 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2223 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2224 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2225 else
|
|
|
2226 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2227 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2228 }
|
|
|
2229 }
|
|
7
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2232 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2233 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2234 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2235
|
|
|
2236 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2237 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2238 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2239 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2240 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2241 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2242 {
|
|
|
2243 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2244 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2245 {
|
|
|
2246 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2247 return;
|
|
|
2248 }
|
|
|
2249 }
|
|
|
2250
|
|
|
2251 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2252 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2253
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2256 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2257 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2258 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2259 #endif
|
|
|
2260 {
|
|
|
2261 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2262 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2263 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2264 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2265 {
|
|
|
2266 # if 0
|
|
|
2267 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2268 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2269 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2270 else
|
|
|
2271 # endif
|
|
9
|
2272 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2273 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2274 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2275 break;
|
|
|
2276 }
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278
|
|
26
|
2279 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2280 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2281 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2284 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2285 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2286 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2287 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2288 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2289 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2290 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2291 {
|
|
|
2292 #if 1
|
|
|
2293 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2294 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2295 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2296 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2297 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2298 #else
|
|
9
|
2299 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2300 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2301 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2302 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2303 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2304 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2305 #endif
|
|
|
2306 }
|
|
9
|
2307 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2308 {
|
|
9
|
2309 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2310 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2311 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2312 }
|
|
|
2313
|
|
9
|
2314 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2315 {
|
|
9
|
2316 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2317 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2318 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2319 }
|
|
|
2320 else
|
|
|
2321 {
|
|
|
2322 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2323 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2324 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2325 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2326 {
|
|
|
2327 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2328 int l;
|
|
|
2329
|
|
|
2330 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2331 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2332 l = 1;
|
|
|
2333 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2334 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2339 {
|
|
|
2340 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2341 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343 else
|
|
|
2344 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348 else
|
|
|
2349 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
|
2351 else
|
|
|
2352 #endif
|
|
|
2353 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2357 {
|
|
|
2358 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2359 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2360 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2361 }
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 /*
|
|
|
2367 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2368 */
|
|
|
2369 void
|
|
9
|
2370 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2371 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2372 {
|
|
|
2373 short thePart;
|
|
|
2374 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2375
|
|
9
|
2376 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2381 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2382 break;
|
|
|
2383
|
|
|
2384 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2385 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2386 break;
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2389 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2390 break;
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2393 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2394 break;
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2397 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2398 break;
|
|
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2401 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2402 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2403 break;
|
|
|
2404
|
|
|
2405 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2406 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2407 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2408 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2409 #endif
|
|
|
2410 break;
|
|
|
2411 }
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 /*
|
|
|
2415 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2416 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2417 */
|
|
|
2418 void
|
|
9
|
2419 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event)
|
|
7
|
2420 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2421 {
|
|
|
2422 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2423 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2426 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2427 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2430 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2431 else
|
|
|
2432 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2433 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2434 #endif
|
|
|
2435 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2436 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2439 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2440 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2441 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2442 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2445 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 }
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 /*
|
|
|
2450 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2451 */
|
|
|
2452 void
|
|
9
|
2453 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2454 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2455 {
|
|
|
2456 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2457 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2458
|
|
|
2459 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2460 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2461 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2462 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2463 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2464 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2465 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2468 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2469 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2470 {
|
|
|
2471 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2472 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2473 }
|
|
|
2474 #endif
|
|
9
|
2475 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2476 }
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2479 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2480 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2481 void *data)
|
|
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2484 Point point;
|
|
|
2485 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2486 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2487 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2488 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2491 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2492 goto bail;
|
|
|
2493 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2494 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2495 goto bail;
|
|
|
2496 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2497 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2498 goto bail;
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2501 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2502 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2503 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2504 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2505 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2506 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2509 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2510 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2511 goto bail;
|
|
|
2512 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2513 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2514 goto bail;
|
|
|
2515
|
|
|
2516 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2517 {
|
|
|
2518 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2519 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2520 }
|
|
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2523 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 return noErr;
|
|
|
2526
|
|
|
2527 bail:
|
|
|
2528 /*
|
|
|
2529 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2530 * it's actions
|
|
|
2531 */
|
|
|
2532 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2533 }
|
|
|
2534 #endif /* defined(USE_MOUSEWHEEL) */
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 #if 0
|
|
|
2537
|
|
|
2538 /*
|
|
|
2539 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2540 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2541 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2542 */
|
|
|
2543 void
|
|
|
2544 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2545 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2546 {
|
|
|
2547 /*
|
|
|
2548 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2549 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2550 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2551 */
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2554 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2555
|
|
|
2556 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2557 return;
|
|
|
2558
|
|
|
2559 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2560 {
|
|
|
2561 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2562 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2563 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2564 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2565 }
|
|
|
2566 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2567 {
|
|
|
2568 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 }
|
|
|
2572 #endif
|
|
|
2573
|
|
|
2574 /*
|
|
|
2575 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2576 */
|
|
|
2577 void
|
|
|
2578 gui_mac_handle_menu(menuChoice)
|
|
|
2579 long menuChoice;
|
|
|
2580 {
|
|
|
2581 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2582 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2583 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2584 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2585 MenuHandle appleMenu;
|
|
|
2586 Str255 itemName;
|
|
|
2587 #endif
|
|
|
2588
|
|
|
2589 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2590 {
|
|
|
2591 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2592 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2593 else
|
|
|
2594 {
|
|
|
2595 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2596 /* Desk Accessory doesn't exist in Carbon */
|
|
9
|
2597 appleMenu = GetMenuHandle(menu);
|
|
|
2598 GetMenuItemText(appleMenu, item, itemName);
|
|
|
2599 (void) OpenDeskAcc(itemName);
|
|
7
|
2600 #endif
|
|
|
2601 }
|
|
|
2602 }
|
|
|
2603 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2604 {
|
|
|
2605 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2608 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2609 }
|
|
9
|
2610 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2611 }
|
|
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 /*
|
|
|
2614 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2615 */
|
|
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 void
|
|
9
|
2618 gui_mac_handle_event(event)
|
|
7
|
2619 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2620 {
|
|
|
2621 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2624 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2625 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2626 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2627 {
|
|
|
2628 # if 0
|
|
|
2629 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2630 # else
|
|
|
2631 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2632 # endif
|
|
|
2633 return;
|
|
|
2634 }
|
|
|
2635 #endif
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2638 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2639 {
|
|
|
2640 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2641 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2642 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2643 break;
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2646 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2647 break;
|
|
|
2648
|
|
|
2649 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2650 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2651 break;
|
|
|
2652
|
|
|
2653 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2654 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2655 break;
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2658 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2659 break;
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2662 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2663 break;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2666 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2667 break;
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2670 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2673 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2674 break;
|
|
|
2675 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2676 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2677 break;
|
|
|
2678 }
|
|
|
2679 break;
|
|
|
2680
|
|
|
2681 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2682 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2683 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2684 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2685 break;
|
|
|
2686 #endif
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688 }
|
|
|
2689
|
|
|
2690 /*
|
|
|
2691 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2692 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2693 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2694 */
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696
|
|
|
2697 GuiFont
|
|
9
|
2698 gui_mac_find_font(font_name)
|
|
7
|
2699 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
2700 {
|
|
|
2701 char_u c;
|
|
|
2702 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2703 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2704 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2705 short font_id;
|
|
|
2706 short size=9;
|
|
|
2707 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2708 #if 0
|
|
|
2709 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2710 #endif
|
|
|
2711
|
|
|
2712 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2713 ;
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 c = *p;
|
|
|
2716 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2717
|
|
|
2718 #if 1
|
|
|
2719 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2720 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2721 *p = c;
|
|
|
2722
|
|
9
|
2723 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
13
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2726 {
|
|
|
2727 /*
|
|
|
2728 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2729 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2730 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2731 */
|
|
|
2732 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2733
|
|
|
2734 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2737 {
|
|
|
2738 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2739 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2740 }
|
|
|
2741 }
|
|
|
2742 if (changed)
|
|
|
2743 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745
|
|
7
|
2746 #else
|
|
|
2747 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2748 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2749
|
|
9
|
2750 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2751 #endif
|
|
|
2752
|
|
|
2753
|
|
|
2754 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2755 {
|
|
|
2756 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2757
|
|
9
|
2758 GetFontName(0, systemFontname);
|
|
7
|
2759 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2760 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2761 }
|
|
|
2762 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 p++;
|
|
|
2765 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2766 while (*p)
|
|
|
2767 {
|
|
|
2768 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2769 {
|
|
|
2770 case 'h':
|
|
|
2771 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2772 break;
|
|
|
2773 /*
|
|
|
2774 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2775 */
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2778 p++;
|
|
|
2779 }
|
|
|
2780 }
|
|
|
2781
|
|
|
2782 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2783 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2786
|
|
|
2787 return font;
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 /*
|
|
|
2791 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2792 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
2793 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2794 */
|
|
|
2795
|
|
|
2796 /*
|
|
|
2797 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2798 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2799 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2800 */
|
|
|
2801 void
|
|
|
2802 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv)
|
|
|
2803 int *argc;
|
|
|
2804 char **argv;
|
|
|
2805 {
|
|
|
2806 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2807 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2808 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2809 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2810 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2811 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2812 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2813 # else
|
|
|
2814 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2815 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2816 # endif
|
|
|
2817 #endif
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2820 MaxApplZone(); /* What could replace thos */
|
|
|
2821 /* In Carbon, all shared library are automatically load in
|
|
|
2822 * there's no need to init them
|
|
|
2823 */
|
|
|
2824 InitGraf(&qd.thePort);
|
|
|
2825 InitFonts();
|
|
|
2826 InitWindows();
|
|
|
2827 InitMenus();
|
|
|
2828 TEInit();
|
|
|
2829 InitDialogs(nil);
|
|
|
2830 #else
|
|
|
2831 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
2832 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
2833 #endif
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 #if 0
|
|
|
2836 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2839 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2840 #endif
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2843 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2844 #endif
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2847 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2848 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2849 else
|
|
|
2850 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2853 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
2854 #endif
|
|
|
2855
|
|
|
2856 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
2857 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
2858 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
2859 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
2860 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
2861 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
2862 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
2863 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
2864 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
2865 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
2866 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
2867 #endif
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2870
|
|
|
2871 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
2872 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2873 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
2874 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
2875 #endif
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2883 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2884 #else
|
|
9
|
2885 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2886 #endif
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2890 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2891 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2892 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2893 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2894 #else
|
|
|
2895 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, documentProc,
|
|
|
2896 (WindowPtr) -1L, false, 0);
|
|
|
2897 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2898 #endif
|
|
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2901 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2902 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2903 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2904 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2905 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2906
|
|
|
2907 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
2908 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2909 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2910 #else
|
|
9
|
2911 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2912 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2913 #endif
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
2916 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
2917 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2918 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
2919 # else
|
|
|
2920 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
2921 # endif
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
2924 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
2925 else
|
|
|
2926 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
2927 #endif
|
|
|
2928
|
|
|
2929 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2930 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2931 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2932 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2933 #endif
|
|
|
2934 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2935 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2936 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2937 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2938 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2939 # else
|
|
|
2940 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2941 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2942 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2943 */
|
|
9
|
2944 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2945 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2946
|
|
9
|
2947 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2948 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2949
|
|
9
|
2950 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2951
|
|
|
2952 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2953 # endif
|
|
9
|
2954 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2955 #endif
|
|
|
2956
|
|
|
2957 #ifdef USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
2958 _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
2959 _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
2960 #endif
|
|
|
2961 }
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2964 /*
|
|
|
2965 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2966 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2967 */
|
|
|
2968 int
|
|
|
2969 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2970 {
|
|
|
2971 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2972 * using the >console
|
|
|
2973 */
|
|
|
2974 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2975 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2976 return OK;
|
|
|
2977 }
|
|
|
2978 #endif
|
|
|
2979
|
|
|
2980 static OSErr
|
|
|
2981 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
2982 {
|
|
|
2983 int x, y;
|
|
|
2984 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2985 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2986 int count;
|
|
|
2987 int i, j;
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2990 {
|
|
|
2991 Point point;
|
|
|
2992 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2993 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2996 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2997 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2998 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2999 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3000 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3001 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
3002 count = countItem;
|
|
|
3003 }
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3006 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
3007 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3010 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3011 {
|
|
|
3012 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3013 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3014 Size size;
|
|
|
3015 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3016 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3017
|
|
|
3018 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3019 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3020 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3021 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3022 continue;
|
|
|
3023 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3024 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3025 continue;
|
|
|
3026 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3027 }
|
|
|
3028 count = j;
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
|
3031 return noErr;
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033
|
|
|
3034 /*
|
|
|
3035 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3036 * etc.
|
|
|
3037 */
|
|
|
3038 int
|
|
|
3039 gui_mch_init()
|
|
|
3040 {
|
|
|
3041 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3042 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3043 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
3044 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3045 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
3046 #endif
|
|
|
3047 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3048 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
3049 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3050 #endif
|
|
|
3051 #if 1
|
|
|
3052 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3055 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3056 #endif
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3059 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3060 #endif
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3063 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3064 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3065 else
|
|
|
3066 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3069 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3070 #endif
|
|
|
3071
|
|
|
3072 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3073 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3074 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3075 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3076 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3077 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3078 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3079 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3080 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3081 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3082 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3083 #endif
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3088 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3089 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3090 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3091 #endif
|
|
|
3092
|
|
|
3093 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3094
|
|
|
3095 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097
|
|
|
3098 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3099 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3100 #else
|
|
9
|
3101 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3102 #endif
|
|
|
3103
|
|
|
3104 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3105 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3106 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3107 #else
|
|
|
3108 documentProc,
|
|
|
3109 #endif
|
|
|
3110 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3111 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3112 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
|
3113 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3114 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3115 #else
|
|
|
3116 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3117 #endif
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3120 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3121 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3122 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3123 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3124 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3127 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3128 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3129 #else
|
|
9
|
3130 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3131 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3132 #endif
|
|
|
3133
|
|
13
|
3134 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3135 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3136 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
|
3137 #endif
|
|
|
3138
|
|
7
|
3139 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3140 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3141 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3142 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3143 # else
|
|
|
3144 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3145 # endif
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3148 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3149 else
|
|
|
3150 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3151 #endif
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3154 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3155 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3156 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3157 #endif
|
|
|
3158 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3159 display_errors();
|
|
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3162 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3163 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3164 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3167 * file). */
|
|
|
3168 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 /*
|
|
|
3171 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3172 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3173 */
|
|
|
3174 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3175 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3176 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3179 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3180 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3181
|
|
|
3182 /*
|
|
|
3183 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3184 */
|
|
|
3185 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3186 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3187 #endif
|
|
|
3188 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3189 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3192 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3193 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3194 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
|
3195 #endif
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3198 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3199 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3200 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3201 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3202 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3203 {
|
|
|
3204 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3205 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3206 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3207 }
|
|
|
3208 #endif
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3211 set_option_value((char_u *)"termencoding", 0L, (char_u *)"macroman", 0);
|
|
|
3212 #endif
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3215 return OK;
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 /*
|
|
|
3219 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3220 */
|
|
|
3221 void
|
|
|
3222 gui_mch_new_colors()
|
|
|
3223 {
|
|
|
3224 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3225 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3226 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3227 */
|
|
|
3228 }
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 /*
|
|
|
3231 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3232 */
|
|
|
3233 int
|
|
|
3234 gui_mch_open()
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
|
3236 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3239 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3242 /*
|
|
|
3243 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3244 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3245 */
|
|
|
3246 {
|
|
|
3247 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3248 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3249 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251 #endif
|
|
|
3252
|
|
|
3253 return OK;
|
|
|
3254 }
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 void
|
|
|
3257 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3258 {
|
|
|
3259 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3260 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3263 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3264 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3265 #endif
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3268 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3269 }
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 /*
|
|
|
3272 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3273 */
|
|
|
3274 int
|
|
|
3275 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3276 {
|
|
|
3277 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3278 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3279 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3280 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
3282 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3283 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3284
|
|
|
3285 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3286 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3287 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3288 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3289 return OK;
|
|
|
3290 #endif
|
|
|
3291 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3292 }
|
|
|
3293
|
|
|
3294 /*
|
|
|
3295 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3296 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3297 */
|
|
|
3298 void
|
|
|
3299 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3300 {
|
|
|
3301 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3302 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3303 */
|
|
|
3304 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3305 }
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 void
|
|
|
3308 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3309 int width,
|
|
|
3310 int height,
|
|
|
3311 int min_width,
|
|
|
3312 int min_height,
|
|
|
3313 int base_width,
|
|
|
3314 int base_height)
|
|
|
3315 {
|
|
|
3316 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3317 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3318 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3319 #endif
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3324 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3325 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3326 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3327 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3328 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3329 #else
|
|
|
3330 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
|
3331 /* SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3332 #endif
|
|
|
3333 }
|
|
|
3334 else
|
|
|
3335 {
|
|
|
3336 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3337 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3338 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3339 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3340 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3341 #else
|
|
|
3342 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = 0;
|
|
|
3343 #endif;
|
|
|
3344 }
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3349 }
|
|
|
3350
|
|
|
3351 /*
|
|
|
3352 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3353 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3354 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3355 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3356 */
|
|
|
3357 void
|
|
|
3358 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(screen_w, screen_h)
|
|
|
3359 int *screen_w;
|
|
|
3360 int *screen_h;
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3363 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3366 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369
|
|
13
|
3370 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3371 /*
|
|
|
3372 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3373 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3374 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3375 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3376 */
|
|
|
3377 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3378 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3379 {
|
|
|
3380 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3381 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3382 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3385 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3386 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3387 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3388 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3389 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3390 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3391 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3392 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3395 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3396 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3397
|
|
|
3398 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3399 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3400 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3401 {
|
|
|
3402 /*
|
|
|
3403 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3404 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3405 */
|
|
|
3406 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3407 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3410 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3411 }
|
|
|
3412
|
|
|
3413 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3414 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3415 }
|
|
|
3416 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3417 }
|
|
|
3418 #endif
|
|
|
3419
|
|
7
|
3420
|
|
|
3421 /*
|
|
|
3422 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3423 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3424 */
|
|
|
3425 int
|
|
|
3426 gui_mch_init_font(font_name, fontset)
|
|
|
3427 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3428 int fontset; /* not used */
|
|
|
3429 {
|
|
|
3430 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3431 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
|
3432 int suggestedSize = 9;
|
|
|
3433 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3434 short font_id;
|
|
|
3435 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3436
|
|
|
3437 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3438 {
|
|
|
3439 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3440 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3441
|
|
|
3442 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3443 {
|
|
|
3444 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3445 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
13
|
3449 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3450 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3451 {
|
|
|
3452 char_u *new_p_guifont, font_name[512];
|
|
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 font = gui_mac_select_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3455 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3456 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3457
|
|
|
3458 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
|
3459 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(font_name) + 1);
|
|
|
3460 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3461 {
|
|
|
3462 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, font_name);
|
|
|
3463 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3464 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3465 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3466 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3467 {
|
|
|
3468 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3469 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3470 }
|
|
|
3471 }
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473 #endif
|
|
7
|
3474 else
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
9
|
3476 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
7
|
3477
|
|
|
3478 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3479 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3480 }
|
|
|
3481 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3482
|
|
9
|
3483 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3484 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3485
|
|
|
3486 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3487
|
|
|
3488 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
9
|
3489 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
7
|
3490 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 return OK;
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 }
|
|
|
3495
|
|
|
3496 int
|
|
|
3497 gui_mch_adjust_charsize()
|
|
|
3498 {
|
|
|
3499 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3500
|
|
9
|
3501 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3502 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3503 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3504 return OK;
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 /*
|
|
|
3508 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3509 */
|
|
|
3510 GuiFont
|
|
|
3511 gui_mch_get_font(name, giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3512 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3513 int giveErrorIfMissing;
|
|
|
3514 {
|
|
|
3515 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3518
|
|
|
3519 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3520 {
|
|
|
3521 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3522 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3523 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3524 }
|
|
|
3525 /*
|
|
|
3526 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3527 */
|
|
|
3528
|
|
|
3529 return font;
|
|
|
3530 }
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 /*
|
|
|
3533 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3534 */
|
|
|
3535 void
|
|
|
3536 gui_mch_set_font(font)
|
|
|
3537 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 /*
|
|
|
3540 * TODO: maybe avoid set again the current font.
|
|
|
3541 */
|
|
|
3542 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3543 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3544 }
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
3547 /*
|
|
|
3548 * Return TRUE if the two fonts given are equivalent.
|
|
|
3549 */
|
|
|
3550 int
|
|
|
3551 gui_mch_same_font(f1, f2)
|
|
|
3552 GuiFont f1;
|
|
|
3553 GuiFont f2;
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 return f1 == f2;
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557 #endif
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 /*
|
|
|
3560 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3561 */
|
|
|
3562 void
|
|
|
3563 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3564 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3565 {
|
|
|
3566 /*
|
|
|
3567 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3568 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3569 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3570 */
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
|
3572
|
|
|
3573 static int
|
|
|
3574 hex_digit(c)
|
|
|
3575 int c;
|
|
|
3576 {
|
|
|
3577 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3578 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3579 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3580 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3581 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3582 return -1000;
|
|
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 /*
|
|
|
3586 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3587 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3588 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3589 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3590 */
|
|
|
3591 guicolor_T
|
|
|
3592 gui_mch_get_color(name)
|
|
|
3593 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3594 {
|
|
|
3595 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3596 */
|
|
|
3597 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3598 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 char *name;
|
|
|
3603 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3604 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3605
|
|
|
3606 /*
|
|
|
3607 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3608 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3609 */
|
|
|
3610 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3611 {
|
|
|
3612 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3613 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3614 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3615 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3616 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3617 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3618 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3619 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3620 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3621 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3622 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3623 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3624 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3625 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3626 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3627 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3628 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3629 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3630 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3631 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3632 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3633 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3634 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3635 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3636 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3637 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3638 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3639 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3640 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3641 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3642 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3643 };
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3646 int i;
|
|
|
3647
|
|
|
3648 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3649 {
|
|
|
3650 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3651 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3652 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3653 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3654 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3655 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3656 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3657 }
|
|
|
3658 else
|
|
|
3659 {
|
|
9
|
3660 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3661 {
|
|
9
|
3662 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3663 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3666 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3667 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3668 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3669 }
|
|
|
3670
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
3672 /*
|
|
|
3673 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3674 */
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3677 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3678 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3679 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 #ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
3682 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME:rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3683 #else
|
|
|
3684 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3685 #endif
|
|
|
3686 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3687 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3690 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3691 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3692 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3695 {
|
|
|
3696 int len;
|
|
|
3697 int pos;
|
|
|
3698 char *color;
|
|
|
3699
|
|
|
3700 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3701 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3704 continue;
|
|
|
3705
|
|
|
3706 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3707
|
|
|
3708 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3709 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3710 continue;
|
|
|
3711
|
|
|
3712 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
|
3716 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3717 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719 }
|
|
|
3720 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3721 }
|
|
|
3722
|
|
|
3723 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3724 }
|
|
|
3725
|
|
|
3726 /*
|
|
|
3727 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3728 */
|
|
|
3729 void
|
|
|
3730 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color)
|
|
|
3731 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3732 {
|
|
|
3733 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3736 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3737 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3738
|
|
9
|
3739 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3740 }
|
|
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 /*
|
|
|
3743 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3744 */
|
|
|
3745 void
|
|
|
3746 gui_mch_set_bg_color(color)
|
|
|
3747 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3748 {
|
|
|
3749 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3750
|
|
|
3751 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3752 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3753 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3754
|
|
9
|
3755 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3756 }
|
|
|
3757
|
|
|
3758 void
|
|
|
3759 gui_mch_draw_string(row, col, s, len, flags)
|
|
|
3760 int row;
|
|
|
3761 int col;
|
|
|
3762 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3763 int len;
|
|
|
3764 int flags;
|
|
|
3765 {
|
|
|
3766 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3767 SInt32 sys_version;
|
|
|
3768 #endif
|
|
|
3769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3770 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3775 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3776 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778 #endif
|
|
|
3779
|
|
|
3780 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3781 /*
|
|
|
3782 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3783 */
|
|
|
3784 sys_version = 0;
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &sys_version);
|
|
|
3787 if (sys_version >= 0x1020)
|
|
|
3788 {
|
|
|
3789 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3790 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3791 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
|
3792 (void)SwapQDTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
|
3793 }
|
|
|
3794
|
|
36
|
3795 /*
|
|
|
3796 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3797 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3798 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3799 * underlining.
|
|
|
3800 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3801 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3802 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3803 */
|
|
|
3804 if (((sys_version >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
|
3805 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3806 {
|
|
|
3807 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3808
|
|
|
3809 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3810 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3811 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3812 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3813 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3814 }
|
|
|
3815
|
|
7
|
3816 if (sys_version >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
|
3817 {
|
|
|
3818 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3819
|
|
|
3820 face = normal;
|
|
|
3821 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3822 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3823 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3824 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3825 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3828 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3829
|
|
|
3830 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3831 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3832 }
|
|
|
3833 else
|
|
|
3834 #endif
|
|
|
3835 {
|
|
|
3836 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3837 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3838 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3839
|
|
|
3840 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3843 {
|
|
9
|
3844 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3845 }
|
|
|
3846
|
|
9
|
3847 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3848 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3849
|
|
|
3850
|
|
|
3851 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3852 {
|
|
9
|
3853 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3854 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3855 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3856 }
|
|
|
3857
|
|
|
3858 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3859 {
|
|
9
|
3860 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3861 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3862 }
|
|
|
3863 }
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3866 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3867 #endif
|
|
|
3868 }
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 /*
|
|
|
3871 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
3872 */
|
|
|
3873 int
|
|
|
3874 gui_mch_haskey(name)
|
|
|
3875 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3876 {
|
|
|
3877 int i;
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
3880 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
3881 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
3882 return OK;
|
|
|
3883 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3884 }
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886 void
|
|
|
3887 gui_mch_beep()
|
|
|
3888 {
|
|
9
|
3889 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
3890 }
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 void
|
|
|
3893 gui_mch_flash(msec)
|
|
|
3894 int msec;
|
|
|
3895 {
|
|
|
3896 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
3897 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 /*
|
|
|
3900 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3901 */
|
|
|
3902 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
3903 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
3904 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3905 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3906 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3907
|
|
|
3908 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3911 }
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 /*
|
|
|
3914 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
3915 */
|
|
|
3916 void
|
|
|
3917 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(r, c, nr, nc)
|
|
|
3918 int r;
|
|
|
3919 int c;
|
|
|
3920 int nr;
|
|
|
3921 int nc;
|
|
|
3922 {
|
|
|
3923 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3924
|
|
|
3925 /*
|
|
|
3926 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3927 */
|
|
|
3928 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
3929 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
3930 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3931 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3932 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 }
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 /*
|
|
|
3937 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
3938 */
|
|
|
3939 void
|
|
|
3940 gui_mch_iconify()
|
|
|
3941 {
|
|
|
3942 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
3943 * -window shade?
|
|
|
3944 * -hide application?
|
|
|
3945 */
|
|
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3949 /*
|
|
|
3950 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
3951 */
|
|
|
3952 void
|
|
|
3953 gui_mch_set_foreground()
|
|
|
3954 {
|
|
|
3955 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957 #endif
|
|
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 /*
|
|
|
3960 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
3961 */
|
|
|
3962 void
|
|
|
3963 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(color)
|
|
|
3964 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 /*
|
|
|
3971 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3972 */
|
|
|
3973 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
3974 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
3975 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3976 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3977
|
|
|
3978 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
3979
|
|
9
|
3980 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
3981 }
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 /*
|
|
|
3984 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
3985 */
|
|
|
3986 void
|
|
|
3987 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(w, h, color)
|
|
|
3988 int w;
|
|
|
3989 int h;
|
|
|
3990 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3991 {
|
|
|
3992 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
3995 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
3996 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
3997 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
3998 else
|
|
|
3999 #endif
|
|
|
4000 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4001 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4002 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4003 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4004
|
|
|
4005 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4006
|
|
9
|
4007 PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4008 }
|
|
|
4009
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 /*
|
|
|
4013 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4014 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4015 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4016 * immediately.
|
|
|
4017 */
|
|
|
4018 void
|
|
|
4019 gui_mch_update()
|
|
|
4020 {
|
|
|
4021 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4022 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4023 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4024 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4025 *
|
|
|
4026 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4027 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4028 */
|
|
|
4029 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4030
|
|
9
|
4031 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4032 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4033 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4034 }
|
|
|
4035
|
|
|
4036 /*
|
|
|
4037 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4038 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4039 */
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4042 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4043 #endif
|
|
|
4044 pascal
|
|
|
4045 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4046 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4047 {
|
|
|
4048 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4049 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4050 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4051 }
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 /*
|
|
|
4054 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4055 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4056 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4057 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4058 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4059 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4060 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4061 */
|
|
|
4062 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4063 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4064 #endif
|
|
|
4065 int
|
|
|
4066 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime)
|
|
|
4067 int wtime;
|
|
|
4068 {
|
|
|
4069 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4070 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4071 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4072 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4073 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4074
|
|
|
4075 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4076 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4077 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4078 */
|
|
|
4079 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4080 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4081 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4082
|
|
|
4083 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4086
|
|
|
4087 do
|
|
|
4088 {
|
|
|
4089 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4090 {
|
|
|
4091 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4092 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4093 }
|
|
|
4094 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4095 {
|
|
|
4096 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4097 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4098 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4099 }
|
|
|
4100 /*
|
|
|
4101 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4102 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4103 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4104 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4105 */
|
|
|
4106 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4107 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4108 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4109 else
|
|
|
4110 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4111 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4112 {
|
|
|
4113 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
4114 if (!SIOUXHandleOneEvent(&event))
|
|
|
4115 #endif
|
|
9
|
4116 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4117 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4118 {
|
|
|
4119 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4120 return OK;
|
|
|
4121 }
|
|
|
4122 }
|
|
|
4123 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4124 }
|
|
|
4125 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4128 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4129 }
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4132 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4133 #endif
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 /*
|
|
|
4136 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4137 */
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4140 void
|
|
|
4141 gui_mch_flush()
|
|
|
4142 {
|
|
|
4143 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4144 }
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 /*
|
|
|
4147 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4148 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4149 */
|
|
|
4150 void
|
|
|
4151 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2)
|
|
|
4152 int row1;
|
|
|
4153 int col1;
|
|
|
4154 int row2;
|
|
|
4155 int col2;
|
|
|
4156 {
|
|
|
4157 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4158
|
|
|
4159 /*
|
|
|
4160 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4161 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4162 */
|
|
|
4163 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4164 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4165 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4166 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4167
|
|
|
4168 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4169 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4170 }
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 /*
|
|
|
4173 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4174 */
|
|
|
4175 void
|
|
|
4176 gui_mch_clear_all()
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4179
|
|
|
4180 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4181 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4182 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4183 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4184
|
|
|
4185 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4186 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4187 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4188 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4189 */
|
|
|
4190 }
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 /*
|
|
|
4193 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4194 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4195 */
|
|
|
4196 void
|
|
|
4197 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4198 int row;
|
|
|
4199 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4200 {
|
|
|
4201 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4204 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4205 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4206 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4207 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4210 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4213 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4214 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4215 }
|
|
|
4216
|
|
|
4217 /*
|
|
|
4218 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4219 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4220 */
|
|
|
4221 void
|
|
|
4222 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4223 int row;
|
|
|
4224 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4225 {
|
|
|
4226 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4229 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4230 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4231 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4232
|
|
|
4233 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4234
|
|
9
|
4235 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4236
|
|
|
4237 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4238 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4239 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4240 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4241 {
|
|
|
4242 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4243 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4244 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4245 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4249 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4250 }
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 /*
|
|
|
4253 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4254 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4255 */
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 void
|
|
|
4258 clip_mch_request_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4259 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4260 {
|
|
|
4261
|
|
|
4262 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4263 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4264 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4265 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4266 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4267 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4268 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4269 #else
|
|
|
4270 long scrapOffset;
|
|
|
4271 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4272 #endif
|
|
|
4273 int type;
|
|
|
4274 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4275 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4276
|
|
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4279 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4280 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4281 return;
|
|
|
4282
|
|
9
|
4283 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4284 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4285 {
|
|
|
4286 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4287 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4288 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4289 }
|
|
|
4290
|
|
|
4291 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4292 {
|
|
|
4293 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4294 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4295 return;
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4298 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4299 return;
|
|
|
4300 }
|
|
|
4301
|
|
|
4302 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4303 #else
|
|
|
4304 /* Call to LoadScrap seem to avoid problem with crash on first paste */
|
|
|
4305 scrapSize = LoadScrap();
|
|
|
4306 scrapSize = GetScrap(nil, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4307
|
|
|
4308 if (scrapSize > 0)
|
|
|
4309 #endif
|
|
|
4310 {
|
|
|
4311 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4312 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4313 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4314 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4315 #else
|
|
|
4316 textOfClip = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
4317 #endif
|
|
9
|
4318 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4319 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4320 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4321 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeText,
|
|
|
4322 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4323 #else
|
|
|
4324 scrapSize = GetScrap(textOfClip, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4325 #endif
|
|
19
|
4326 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
7
|
4327
|
|
9
|
4328 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4329 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4330 else
|
|
|
4331 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4332
|
|
19
|
4333 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4334 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4335 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4338 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4339 {
|
|
|
4340 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4341
|
|
|
4342 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4343 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 }
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4348 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4351 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 to = string_convert(&input_conv, tempclip, &l);
|
|
|
4354 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4355 {
|
|
|
4356 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4357 tempclip = to;
|
|
|
4358 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4359 }
|
|
|
4360 }
|
|
|
4361 #endif
|
|
|
4362 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4365 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4366
|
|
|
4367 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370
|
|
|
4371 void
|
|
|
4372 clip_mch_lose_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4373 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4374 {
|
|
|
4375 /*
|
|
|
4376 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4377 */
|
|
|
4378 }
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380 int
|
|
|
4381 clip_mch_own_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4382 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4383 {
|
|
|
4384 return OK;
|
|
|
4385 }
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 /*
|
|
|
4388 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4389 */
|
|
|
4390 void
|
|
|
4391 clip_mch_set_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4392 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4393 {
|
|
|
4394 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4395 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4396 int type;
|
|
|
4397 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4398 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4399 #endif
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4404 return;
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 /*
|
|
|
4409 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4410 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4411 *
|
|
|
4412 */
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4419 if (str != NULL && output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4420 {
|
|
|
4421 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4422 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 to = string_convert(&output_conv, str, &l);
|
|
|
4425 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4428 str = to;
|
|
|
4429 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4430 }
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
|
4432 #endif
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4435 {
|
|
|
4436 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4437 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
|
4438 #else
|
|
|
4439 ZeroScrap();
|
|
|
4440 #endif
|
|
|
4441
|
|
9
|
4442 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4443 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
|
4444 #else
|
|
7
|
4445 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4446 #endif
|
|
7
|
4447 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4450 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
|
4451 STRNCPY(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4452 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4453 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4454 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4455 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4456 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4457 #else
|
|
9
|
4458 STRNCPY(*textOfClip, str, scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4459 PutScrap(scrapSize, 'TEXT', *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4460 #endif
|
|
|
4461 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4462 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4463 }
|
|
|
4464
|
|
|
4465 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4466 }
|
|
|
4467
|
|
|
4468 void
|
|
|
4469 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4470 int x;
|
|
|
4471 int y;
|
|
|
4472 int w;
|
|
|
4473 int h;
|
|
|
4474 {
|
|
|
4475 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4476
|
|
9
|
4477 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4478 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4479 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4480 #else
|
|
|
4481 VimBound = gui.VimWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
4482 #endif
|
|
|
4483
|
|
|
4484 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4485 {
|
|
|
4486 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 else
|
|
|
4489 {
|
|
|
4490 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4491 }
|
|
|
4492
|
|
|
4493 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4494 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4495 #endif
|
|
|
4496
|
|
9
|
4497 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4498 }
|
|
|
4499
|
|
|
4500 /*
|
|
|
4501 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4502 */
|
|
|
4503
|
|
|
4504 void
|
|
|
4505 gui_mch_enable_menu(flag)
|
|
|
4506 int flag;
|
|
|
4507 {
|
|
|
4508 /*
|
|
|
4509 * Menu is always active in itself
|
|
|
4510 * (maybe we should only disable a vim menu
|
|
|
4511 * and keep standard menu)
|
|
|
4512 *
|
|
|
4513 */
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 void
|
|
|
4517 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4518 int x;
|
|
|
4519 int y;
|
|
|
4520 int w;
|
|
|
4521 int h;
|
|
|
4522 {
|
|
|
4523 /*
|
|
|
4524 * The menu is always at the top of the screen
|
|
|
4525 * Maybe a futur version will permit a menu in the window
|
|
|
4526 *
|
|
|
4527 */
|
|
|
4528 }
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 /*
|
|
|
4531 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4532 */
|
|
|
4533 void
|
|
|
4534 gui_mch_add_menu(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4535 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4536 int idx;
|
|
|
4537 {
|
|
|
4538 /*
|
|
|
4539 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4540 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4541 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4542 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4543 */
|
|
|
4544 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4545 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
|
4546 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4547 short index;
|
|
|
4548 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4549 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4552 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4553 return;
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4556 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4557 return;
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4560 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4561 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4562
|
|
|
4563 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4564 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4565 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4568 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4569 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4572 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4573 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4574 return;
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4577 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4578 if (STRNCMP(name, "\4Help", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 menu->submenu_id = kHMHelpMenuID;
|
|
|
4581 menu->submenu_handle = gui.MacOSHelpMenu;
|
|
|
4582 }
|
|
|
4583 else
|
|
|
4584 #endif
|
|
|
4585 {
|
|
|
4586 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4587 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4588 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4589 */
|
|
|
4590 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
9
|
4591 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
7
|
4592 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4593 }
|
|
|
4594
|
|
|
4595 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4596 {
|
|
|
4597 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4600 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4601 */
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 /* Insert the menu unless it's the Help menu */
|
|
|
4604 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4605 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4606 #endif
|
|
9
|
4607 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4608 #if 1
|
|
|
4609 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4610 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4611 #endif
|
|
|
4612 }
|
|
|
4613 else
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4616
|
|
9
|
4617 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4620 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4621 */
|
|
|
4622 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4623 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4624 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4625 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4626 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4627 }
|
|
|
4628
|
|
9
|
4629 vim_free(name);
|
|
7
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 #if 0
|
|
|
4632 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4633 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4634 #endif
|
|
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 /*
|
|
|
4638 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4639 */
|
|
|
4640 void
|
|
|
4641 gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4642 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4643 int idx;
|
|
|
4644 {
|
|
|
4645 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4646 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4647 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4650 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4651 return;
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4654 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4657 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4660 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4661 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4664 /* The index in the help menu are offseted */
|
|
|
4665 if (parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4666 idx += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
4667 #endif
|
|
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4670 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4673 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4674 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4675 */
|
|
|
4676 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4677 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4678 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4681 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4682 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4683 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4684 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4685 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4686 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4687 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4688 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4689 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4690 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4691 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4692 */
|
|
|
4693 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4696 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4697 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4698 */
|
|
|
4699 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4700 key += '@';
|
|
|
4701 }
|
|
|
4702 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4703 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4704 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4705 */
|
|
|
4706 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4707 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4708 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4709 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4710 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4711 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4714 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4715 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4716 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4717 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4718 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4719 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4720 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4721 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4722 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4723 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4724 if (valid)
|
|
|
4725 {
|
|
|
4726 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4727 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4728 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4729 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4730 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4731 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4732 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4733 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4734 }
|
|
|
4735 }
|
|
|
4736 }
|
|
|
4737 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4738 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4739 */
|
|
|
4740 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4741 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4742 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
|
4743 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 #if 0
|
|
|
4746 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4747 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4748 #endif
|
|
|
4749
|
|
|
4750 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4751 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4752 }
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 void
|
|
|
4755 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(enable)
|
|
|
4756 int enable;
|
|
|
4757 {
|
|
|
4758 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4759 }
|
|
|
4760
|
|
|
4761 /*
|
|
|
4762 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4763 */
|
|
|
4764 void
|
|
|
4765 gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu)
|
|
|
4766 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4767 {
|
|
9
|
4768 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4771 {
|
|
|
4772 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4773 {
|
|
|
4774 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4775 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle != nil) /*gui.MacOSHelpMenu)*/
|
|
|
4776 #endif
|
|
|
4777 {
|
|
|
4778 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4779 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4780
|
|
|
4781 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4782 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4783 {
|
|
9
|
4784 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4785 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4786 }
|
|
|
4787 }
|
|
|
4788 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4789 # ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4790 else
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
9
|
4792 printf("gmdm 1\n");
|
|
7
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794 # endif
|
|
|
4795 #endif
|
|
|
4796 }
|
|
|
4797 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4798 else
|
|
|
4799 {
|
|
9
|
4800 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4801 }
|
|
|
4802 #endif
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804 else
|
|
|
4805 {
|
|
|
4806 /* Do not delete the Help Menu */
|
|
|
4807 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4808 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4809 #endif
|
|
|
4810 {
|
|
9
|
4811 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4812 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4813 }
|
|
|
4814 }
|
|
|
4815 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4816 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4817 }
|
|
|
4818
|
|
|
4819 /*
|
|
|
4820 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4821 */
|
|
|
4822 void
|
|
|
4823 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey)
|
|
|
4824 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4825 int grey;
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4828 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4829 /*
|
|
|
4830 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4831 */
|
|
|
4832 if (grey)
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4835 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4836 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4837 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4838 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4839 }
|
|
|
4840 else
|
|
|
4841 {
|
|
|
4842 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4843 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4844 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4845 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4846 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848 }
|
|
|
4849
|
|
|
4850 /*
|
|
|
4851 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4852 */
|
|
|
4853 void
|
|
|
4854 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, hidden)
|
|
|
4855 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4856 int hidden;
|
|
|
4857 {
|
|
|
4858 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4859 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4860 }
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862
|
|
|
4863 /*
|
|
|
4864 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4865 */
|
|
|
4866 void
|
|
|
4867 gui_mch_draw_menubar()
|
|
|
4868 {
|
|
|
4869 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872
|
|
|
4873 /*
|
|
|
4874 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4875 */
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 void
|
|
|
4878 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(sb, flag)
|
|
|
4879 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4880 int flag;
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 if (flag)
|
|
|
4883 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4884 else
|
|
|
4885 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4886
|
|
|
4887 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4888 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4889 #endif
|
|
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 void
|
|
|
4893 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, val, size, max)
|
|
|
4894 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4895 long val;
|
|
|
4896 long size;
|
|
|
4897 long max;
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4900 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4901 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
4902 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4903 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4904 #endif
|
|
|
4905 }
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 void
|
|
|
4908 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(sb, x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4909 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4910 int x;
|
|
|
4911 int y;
|
|
|
4912 int w;
|
|
|
4913 int h;
|
|
|
4914 {
|
|
|
4915 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4916 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4917 {
|
|
9
|
4918 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
4919 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4920 }
|
|
|
4921 else
|
|
|
4922 {
|
|
9
|
4923 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4924 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4925 }*/
|
|
|
4926 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
4927 h += 1;
|
|
|
4928 else
|
|
|
4929 w += 1;
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4932 x -= 15;
|
|
|
4933
|
|
9
|
4934 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4935 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4936 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4937 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4938 #endif
|
|
|
4939 }
|
|
|
4940
|
|
|
4941 void
|
|
|
4942 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, orient)
|
|
|
4943 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4944 int orient; /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
|
4945 {
|
|
|
4946 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
4949 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
4950 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
4951 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
4952
|
|
9
|
4953 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
4954 &bounds,
|
|
|
4955 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
4956 TRUE,
|
|
|
4957 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
4958 0, /* top */
|
|
|
4959 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
4960 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4961 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
4962 #else
|
|
|
4963 scrollBarProc,
|
|
|
4964 #endif
|
|
|
4965 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
4966 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4967 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
4968 #endif
|
|
|
4969 }
|
|
|
4970
|
|
|
4971 void
|
|
|
4972 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(sb)
|
|
|
4973 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4974 {
|
|
|
4975 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4976 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
4977 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4978 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
4979 #endif
|
|
|
4980 }
|
|
|
4981
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 /*
|
|
|
4984 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
4985 *
|
|
|
4986 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
4987 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
4988 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
4989 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
4990 */
|
|
|
4991 void
|
|
|
4992 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
4993 {
|
|
|
4994 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
4995 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
4996 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
4997 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
4998 }
|
|
|
4999
|
|
|
5000 /*
|
|
|
5001 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5002 */
|
|
|
5003 void
|
|
|
5004 gui_mch_stop_blink()
|
|
|
5005 {
|
|
|
5006 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5007 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5008 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5009 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5010 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5011 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5012 }
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 /*
|
|
|
5015 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5016 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5017 */
|
|
|
5018 void
|
|
|
5019 gui_mch_start_blink()
|
|
|
5020 {
|
|
|
5021 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5022 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5023 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5026 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5027 {
|
|
|
5028 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5029 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5030 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5031 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5032 }*/
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 /*
|
|
|
5036 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5037 */
|
|
|
5038 long_u
|
|
|
5039 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5040 {
|
|
|
5041 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5042 }
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044
|
|
|
5045
|
|
|
5046 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5047 /*
|
|
|
5048 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5049 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5050 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5051 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5052 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5053 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5054 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5055 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5056 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5057 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5058 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5059 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5060 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5061 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5062 *
|
|
|
5063 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5064 */
|
|
|
5065 char_u *
|
|
|
5066 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5067 int saving,
|
|
|
5068 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5069 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5070 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5071 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5072 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 #if defined (USE_NAVIGATION_SERVICE) || defined (USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5075 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5076 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5077 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5078 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5079 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5080 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5081 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5082
|
|
|
5083 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5084 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5085
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5088 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5089 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5090 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5091 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5092 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5093
|
|
9
|
5094 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5095 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5096 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5097 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5098 */
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 if (saving)
|
|
|
5101 {
|
|
|
5102 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5103 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5104 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5105 return NULL;
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107 else
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5110 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5111 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5112 return NULL;
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114
|
|
|
5115 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5116
|
|
9
|
5117 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5122 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
|
5124
|
|
|
5125 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5126 return fname;
|
|
|
5127 #else
|
|
|
5128 SFTypeList fileTypes;
|
|
|
5129 StandardFileReply reply;
|
|
|
5130 Str255 Prompt;
|
|
|
5131 Str255 DefaultName;
|
|
|
5132 Str255 Directory;
|
|
|
5133
|
|
|
5134 /* TODO: split dflt in path and filename */
|
|
|
5135
|
|
9
|
5136 (void) C2PascalString(title, &Prompt);
|
|
|
5137 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &DefaultName);
|
|
|
5138 (void) C2PascalString(initdir, &Directory);
|
|
7
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 if (saving)
|
|
|
5141 {
|
|
|
5142 /* Use a custon filter instead of nil FAQ 9-4 */
|
|
9
|
5143 StandardPutFile(Prompt, DefaultName, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5144 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5145 return NULL;
|
|
|
5146 }
|
|
|
5147 else
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
9
|
5149 StandardGetFile(nil, -1, fileTypes, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5150 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5151 return NULL;
|
|
|
5152 }
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 /* Work fine but append a : for new file */
|
|
9
|
5155 return (FullPathFromFSSpec_save(reply.sfFile));
|
|
7
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 /* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5158 /* mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
|
|
|
5159 p = shorten_fname(fileBuf, IObuff);
|
|
|
5160 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5161 p = fileBuf;
|
|
|
5162 return vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
5163 */
|
|
|
5164 #endif
|
|
|
5165 }
|
|
|
5166 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5167
|
|
|
5168 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5169 /*
|
|
|
5170 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5171 */
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 /*
|
|
|
5174 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5175 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5176 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5177 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5178 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5179 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5180 *
|
|
|
5181 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5182 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5183 *
|
|
|
5184 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5185 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5186 *
|
|
|
5187 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5188 */
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 typedef struct
|
|
|
5191 {
|
|
|
5192 short idx;
|
|
|
5193 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5194 Rect box;
|
|
|
5195 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5196
|
|
|
5197 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5198
|
|
|
5199 static void
|
|
|
5200 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5201 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5202 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5203 short X,
|
|
|
5204 short Y,
|
|
|
5205 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5206 {
|
|
|
5207 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5208 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5209 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5210 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5211 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5212 #else
|
|
|
5213 short itemType;
|
|
|
5214 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5215 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5216 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5217
|
|
|
5218 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5219 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5220
|
|
9
|
5221 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5222 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5223 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5224 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5225 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5226 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5227 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5228 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5229 #endif
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
|
5231
|
|
|
5232 static void
|
|
|
5233 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5234 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5235 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5236 short width,
|
|
|
5237 short height)
|
|
|
5238 {
|
|
|
5239 short itemType;
|
|
|
5240 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5241 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5242
|
|
9
|
5243 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5246 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5247 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5248 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5249 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5252 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5253 #else
|
|
|
5254 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5255 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5256 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5259 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5260 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5261 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5264 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5265 #endif
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 static void
|
|
|
5269 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5270 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5271 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5272 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 short itemType;
|
|
|
5275 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5276 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5277
|
|
9
|
5278 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5279
|
|
|
5280 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5281 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5282 else
|
|
9
|
5283 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285
|
|
|
5286 int
|
|
|
5287 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5288 int type,
|
|
|
5289 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5290 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5291 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5292 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5293 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5296 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5297 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5298 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5299 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5300 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5301 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5302 char_u len;
|
|
|
5303 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5304 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5305 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5306 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5307 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5308 Rect box;
|
|
|
5309 short button;
|
|
|
5310 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5311 short itemType;
|
|
|
5312 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5313 short width;
|
|
|
5314 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5315 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5316 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5317 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5318 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5319 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5320 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 short vertical;
|
|
|
5323 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5324 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5325 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5328 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5329 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5330 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5335 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5338 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5339
|
|
|
5340 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5341 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5344 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5345 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5346 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5347 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5348 */
|
|
9
|
5349 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5352 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5353 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5354 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5355 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5356 #else
|
|
9
|
5357 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5358 #endif
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5361 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5362 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5363 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5366 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
9
|
5368 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5369 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5370 }
|
|
|
5371
|
|
|
5372 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5373 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5374 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5375 button = 0;
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5378 {
|
|
|
5379 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5380 button++;
|
|
|
5381 len = 0;
|
|
|
5382 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5385 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5386 }
|
|
|
5387 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5388 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5389 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5390
|
|
|
5391 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5392 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5393
|
|
|
5394 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5395 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5398 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5399 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5400 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5401 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5402 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5403 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5404
|
|
|
5405 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5406
|
|
|
5407 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5408 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5409 }
|
|
9
|
5410 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5411 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5412
|
|
|
5413 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5414 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5415 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5416 switch (type)
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5419 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5420 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5421 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5422 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5423 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5424 };
|
|
9
|
5425 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5426 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5427 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5428 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5429 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5430 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5433 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5434 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5435 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5436 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5437 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5438 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5439 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5440 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5443 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
5446 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5447 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5448 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5449 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5450 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5451 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5452 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5453 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5454 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5458 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5459 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5464 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5465 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5466
|
|
|
5467 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5468 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5469 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5470 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5471
|
|
|
5472 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5473 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5474 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5475 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5478 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5479 {
|
|
|
5480 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5481 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5482 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5483 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5484 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5485 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5486 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5487 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5488 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5489 }
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5492 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5493 {
|
|
|
5494 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5495 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5496 }
|
|
|
5497 else
|
|
|
5498 {
|
|
|
5499 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5500 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5501 }
|
|
|
5502
|
|
|
5503 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505
|
|
9
|
5506 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
5507 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
5508 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5509 {
|
|
9
|
5510 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5511 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5512 }
|
|
|
5513 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5514 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5515 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5516 else
|
|
|
5517 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5521 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5522 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5523
|
|
|
5524 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5525 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5526 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5527 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5528 #endif
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5531 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5532 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5533 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5534
|
|
9
|
5535 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5536 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5537 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5538 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5539 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5540 #else
|
|
9
|
5541 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5542 #endif
|
|
|
5543 #endif
|
|
|
5544
|
|
|
5545 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5546 do
|
|
|
5547 {
|
|
9
|
5548 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5549 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5550
|
|
|
5551 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5552 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5553 {
|
|
9
|
5554 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5555 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5556 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5557 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5558 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5559 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5560 #endif
|
|
|
5561 STRNCPY(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
|
5562 textfield[name[0]] = NUL;
|
|
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5566 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5569 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5572 /*
|
|
|
5573 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5574 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5575 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5576 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5577 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
5578 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
5579 */
|
|
|
5580 }
|
|
|
5581 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5582
|
|
|
5583 /*
|
|
|
5584 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5585 */
|
|
|
5586 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5587 void
|
|
|
5588 display_errors()
|
|
|
5589 {
|
|
|
5590 char *p;
|
|
|
5591 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5592
|
|
|
5593 if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
5594 {
|
|
|
5595 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5596 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5597 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5600 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5601 else
|
|
|
5602 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
9
|
5605 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5606 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
7
|
5607 break;
|
|
|
5608 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5609 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5610 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5611 */
|
|
|
5612 }
|
|
|
5613 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615 }
|
|
|
5616 #endif
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 /*
|
|
|
5619 * Get current y mouse coordinate in text window.
|
|
|
5620 * Return -1 when unknown.
|
|
|
5621 */
|
|
|
5622 int
|
|
|
5623 gui_mch_get_mouse_x()
|
|
|
5624 {
|
|
|
5625 Point where;
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 return (where.h);
|
|
|
5630 }
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 int
|
|
|
5633 gui_mch_get_mouse_y()
|
|
|
5634 {
|
|
|
5635 Point where;
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 return (where.v);
|
|
|
5640 }
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 void
|
|
|
5643 gui_mch_setmouse(x, y)
|
|
|
5644 int x;
|
|
|
5645 int y;
|
|
|
5646 {
|
|
|
5647 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5648 #if 0
|
|
|
5649 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5652 Point where;
|
|
|
5653
|
|
9
|
5654 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5655 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5656 {
|
|
|
5657 /* New way */
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 /*
|
|
|
5660 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5661 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5662 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5663 *
|
|
|
5664 */
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5667
|
|
|
5668 do
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5671 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
9
|
5673 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677 else
|
|
|
5678 {
|
|
|
5679 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5680 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5681 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5682
|
|
|
5683 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5684 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5685 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5686 }
|
|
|
5687 #endif
|
|
|
5688 }
|
|
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 void
|
|
|
5691 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu)
|
|
|
5692 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5693 {
|
|
|
5694 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
5695 /*
|
|
|
5696 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5697 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5698 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5699 */
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5702 Point where;
|
|
|
5703 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5704 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5705 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5706 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5707 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5708 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5711 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5714 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5715 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5716
|
|
|
5717 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5718
|
|
|
5719 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
5720 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5723 {
|
|
|
5724 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5725 {
|
|
|
5726 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5727 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
5728 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5729 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5730 }
|
|
|
5731 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5732 {
|
|
|
5733 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735 }
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5738 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5739 #endif
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5743 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5744 void
|
|
|
5745 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5746 {
|
|
|
5747 # ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
5748 printf("Writing Buf...\n");
|
|
7
|
5749 # endif
|
|
9
|
5750 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5751 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5752 }
|
|
|
5753 #endif
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5756 /*
|
|
|
5757 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5758 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5759 */
|
|
|
5760 void
|
|
|
5761 gui_mch_settitle(title, icon)
|
|
|
5762 char_u *title;
|
|
|
5763 char_u *icon;
|
|
|
5764 {
|
|
|
5765 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5766 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5767 */
|
|
|
5768 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
|
5769
|
|
|
5770 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5771 return;
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5774 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5775 {
|
|
|
5776 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5777 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780 #endif
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 /*
|
|
|
5783 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5784 */
|
|
|
5785
|
|
|
5786 int
|
|
9
|
5787 C2PascalString(CString, PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5788 char_u *CString;
|
|
|
5789 Str255 *PascalString;
|
|
|
5790 {
|
|
|
5791 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5792 int len;
|
|
|
5793 int i;
|
|
|
5794
|
|
|
5795 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5796 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5797 return 0;
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5800 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5801 len = 255;
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5804 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5807
|
|
|
5808 return 0;
|
|
|
5809 }
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 int
|
|
9
|
5812 GetFSSpecFromPath(file, fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5813 char_u *file;
|
|
|
5814 FSSpec *fileFSSpec;
|
|
|
5815 {
|
|
|
5816 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5817 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5818 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5819 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5820
|
|
9
|
5821 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5824 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5825 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5826 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5827
|
|
9
|
5828 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5831 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5832
|
|
|
5833 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5834 return 0;
|
|
|
5835 }
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 /*
|
|
|
5838 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5839 */
|
|
|
5840
|
|
9
|
5841 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5842 {
|
|
|
5843 /*
|
|
|
5844 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5845 */
|
|
|
5846
|
|
|
5847 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5848 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5849 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5850 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5851 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5852 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5853 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5854 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5855 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5856 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5857 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5858 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5859 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5860 #else
|
|
|
5861 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5862 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5863 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5864 #endif
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5867 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5868 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5869 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 if (error)
|
|
|
5872 return NULL;
|
|
|
5873 #endif
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
|
5876 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
|
5877 filenamePtr[file.name[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5880 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5881 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5882 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5883 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
5884 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5887 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5888 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5891 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5892 return NULL;
|
|
|
5893
|
|
|
5894 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5895 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5896 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5897 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5898 else
|
|
|
5899 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5900
|
|
|
5901 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5902 /*
|
|
|
5903 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5904 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5905 */
|
|
|
5906 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5907 {
|
|
|
5908 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5909 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5910 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5911 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5912 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5913 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5914 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5915 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5916 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5917 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5918 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5919 if (error)
|
|
|
5920 return NULL;
|
|
|
5921
|
|
|
5922 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5923 if (error)
|
|
|
5924 return NULL;
|
|
|
5925
|
|
|
5926 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5927 if (status)
|
|
|
5928 return NULL;
|
|
|
5929
|
|
|
5930 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5931 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5932 }
|
|
|
5933 else
|
|
|
5934 {
|
|
|
5935 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5936 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5937 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5938 if (error)
|
|
|
5939 return NULL;
|
|
|
5940
|
|
9
|
5941 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5942 if (status)
|
|
|
5943 return NULL;
|
|
|
5944 }
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5947 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5948 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5949
|
|
|
5950 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5951 #else
|
|
|
5952 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5953 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5954 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
5957 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
5958 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5959 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5960
|
|
9
|
5961 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
5962 do
|
|
|
5963 {
|
|
|
5964 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5965 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5966 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5967 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5968 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5971 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
5972 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 if (error)
|
|
|
5975 return NULL;
|
|
|
5976
|
|
|
5977 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
5978 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5979 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
5980 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5981 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
5982 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
5985 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
5986 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
5987 #else
|
|
|
5988 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
5989 #endif
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
5992 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
5993 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
5994 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5995 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
5996 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
5997
|
|
|
5998 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
5999 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6000 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 if (error)
|
|
|
6003 return NULL;
|
|
|
6004
|
|
|
6005 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6006 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
6007 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
6008 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6009 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6010 #endif
|
|
|
6011 {
|
|
|
6012 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6013 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6014 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
6015 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6016 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6017 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6020 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6021 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6022 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6023 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6024 #endif
|
|
|
6025 }
|
|
|
6026
|
|
|
6027 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6028 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6029 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6030
|
|
|
6031 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6032 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6033 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6034 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6035 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6036 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6037 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6038 {
|
|
|
6039 char *p;
|
|
|
6040 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6041 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6042 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6043 }
|
|
|
6044 #endif
|
|
|
6045
|
|
9
|
6046 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6047 #endif
|
|
|
6048 }
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6051 /*
|
|
|
6052 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6053 */
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 /*
|
|
|
6056 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6057 */
|
|
|
6058 void
|
|
|
6059 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6060 {
|
|
|
6061 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6062 }
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 /*
|
|
|
6065 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6066 */
|
|
|
6067 void
|
|
|
6068 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6069 {
|
|
|
6070 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6071 }
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 /*
|
|
|
6074 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6075 */
|
|
|
6076 int
|
|
|
6077 im_get_status()
|
|
|
6078 {
|
|
|
6079 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6080 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6081 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6082 }
|
|
|
6083 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
